ASTContext.cpp revision 48eff6c3512fd6c768072b05ab4c287c7719072b
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 410 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 411 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 412} 413 414comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 415 const Decl *D, 416 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 417 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 418 return NULL; 419 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 420 421 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 422 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 423 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 424 425 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 426 if (Canonical != D) { 427 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 428 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 429 return CFC; 430 } 431 return Pos->second; 432 } 433 434 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 435 436 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 437 if (!RC) { 438 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 439 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 440 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 441 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 442 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 443 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 444 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 445 if (OMD) 446 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 447 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 448 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 449 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 450 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 451 } 452 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 453 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 454 // does not have one of its own. 455 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 456 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 457 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 458 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 459 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 460 } 461 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 462 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 463 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 464 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 465 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 466 } 467 } 468 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 469 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 470 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 471 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 472 } 473 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 474 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 475 return NULL; 476 // Check non-virtual bases. 477 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 478 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 479 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 480 continue; 481 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 482 if (Ty.isNull()) 483 continue; 484 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 485 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 486 continue; 487 488 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 489 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 490 } 491 } 492 // Check virtual bases. 493 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 494 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 495 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 496 continue; 497 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 498 if (Ty.isNull()) 499 continue; 500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 501 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 502 continue; 503 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 504 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 505 } 506 } 507 } 508 return NULL; 509 } 510 511 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 512 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 513 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 514 // different across redeclarations. 515 if (D != OriginalDecl) 516 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 517 518 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 519 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 520 return FC; 521} 522 523void 524ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 525 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 526 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 527 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 528 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 529 530 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 531 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 532 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 533 PEnd = Params->end(); 534 P != PEnd; ++P) { 535 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 536 ID.AddInteger(0); 537 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 538 continue; 539 } 540 541 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 542 ID.AddInteger(1); 543 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 544 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 545 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 546 ID.AddBoolean(true); 547 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 548 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 549 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 550 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 551 } 552 } else 553 ID.AddBoolean(false); 554 continue; 555 } 556 557 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 558 ID.AddInteger(2); 559 Profile(ID, TTP); 560 } 561} 562 563TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 564ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 565 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 566 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 568 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 569 void *InsertPos = 0; 570 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 571 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 572 if (Canonical) 573 return Canonical->getParam(); 574 575 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 576 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 577 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 578 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 579 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 580 PEnd = Params->end(); 581 P != PEnd; ++P) { 582 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 583 CanonParams.push_back( 584 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 585 SourceLocation(), 586 SourceLocation(), 587 TTP->getDepth(), 588 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 589 TTP->isParameterPack())); 590 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 591 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 592 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 593 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 594 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 595 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 596 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 597 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 598 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 599 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 600 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 601 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 602 } 603 604 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 605 SourceLocation(), 606 SourceLocation(), 607 NTTP->getDepth(), 608 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 609 T, 610 TInfo, 611 ExpandedTypes.data(), 612 ExpandedTypes.size(), 613 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 614 } else { 615 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 616 SourceLocation(), 617 SourceLocation(), 618 NTTP->getDepth(), 619 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 620 T, 621 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 622 TInfo); 623 } 624 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 625 626 } else 627 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 628 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 629 } 630 631 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 632 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 633 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 634 TTP->getPosition(), 635 TTP->isParameterPack(), 636 0, 637 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 638 SourceLocation(), 639 CanonParams.data(), 640 CanonParams.size(), 641 SourceLocation())); 642 643 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 644 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 645 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 646 (void)Canonical; 647 648 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 649 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 650 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 651 return CanonTTP; 652} 653 654CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 655 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 656 657 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 658 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 659 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 660 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 661 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 662 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 663 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 664 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 665 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 666 } 667 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 668} 669 670static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 671 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 672 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 673 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 674 // language-specific address space. 675 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 676 1, // opencl_global 677 2, // opencl_local 678 3, // opencl_constant 679 4, // cuda_device 680 5, // cuda_constant 681 6 // cuda_shared 682 }; 683 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 684 } else { 685 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 686 } 687} 688 689ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 690 const TargetInfo *t, 691 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 692 Builtin::Context &builtins, 693 unsigned size_reserve, 694 bool DelayInitialization) 695 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 696 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 697 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 698 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 699 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 700 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 701 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 702 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 703 BOOLDecl(0), 704 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 705 FILEDecl(0), 706 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 707 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 708 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 709 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 710 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 711 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 712 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 713 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 714 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 715 DeclarationNames(*this), 716 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 717 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 718 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 719 LastSDM(0, 0) 720{ 721 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 722 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 723 724 if (!DelayInitialization) { 725 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 726 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 727 } 728} 729 730ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 731 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 732 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 733 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 734 735 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets. 736 for (DeallocationMap::const_iterator I = Deallocations.begin(), 737 E = Deallocations.end(); I != E; ++I) 738 for (unsigned J = 0, N = I->second.size(); J != N; ++J) 739 (I->first)((I->second)[J]); 740 741 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 742 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 743 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 744 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 745 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 746 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 747 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 748 R->Destroy(*this); 749 750 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 751 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 752 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 753 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 754 R->Destroy(*this); 755 } 756 757 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 758 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 759 A != AEnd; ++A) 760 A->second->~AttrVec(); 761} 762 763void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 764 Deallocations[Callback].push_back(Data); 765} 766 767void 768ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 769 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 770} 771 772void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 773 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 774 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 775 776 unsigned counts[] = { 777#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 778#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 779#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 780 0 // Extra 781 }; 782 783 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 784 Type *T = Types[i]; 785 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 786 } 787 788 unsigned Idx = 0; 789 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 790#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 791 if (counts[Idx]) \ 792 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 793 << " types\n"; \ 794 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 795 ++Idx; 796#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 797#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 798 799 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 800 801 // Implicit special member functions. 802 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 803 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 804 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 805 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 806 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 807 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 808 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 809 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 810 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 811 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 812 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 813 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 814 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 816 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 817 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 818 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 819 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 820 << NumImplicitDestructors 821 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 822 823 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 824 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 825 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 826 } 827 828 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 829} 830 831TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 832 if (!Int128Decl) { 833 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 834 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 835 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 836 SourceLocation(), 837 SourceLocation(), 838 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 839 TInfo); 840 } 841 842 return Int128Decl; 843} 844 845TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 846 if (!UInt128Decl) { 847 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 848 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 849 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 850 SourceLocation(), 851 SourceLocation(), 852 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 853 TInfo); 854 } 855 856 return UInt128Decl; 857} 858 859void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 860 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 861 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 862 Types.push_back(Ty); 863} 864 865void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 866 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 867 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 868 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 869 870 this->Target = &Target; 871 872 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 873 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 874 875 // C99 6.2.5p19. 876 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 877 878 // C99 6.2.5p2. 879 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 880 // C99 6.2.5p3. 881 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 882 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 883 else 884 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 885 // C99 6.2.5p4. 886 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 887 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 888 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 889 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 890 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 891 892 // C99 6.2.5p6. 893 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 894 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 895 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 896 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 897 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 898 899 // C99 6.2.5p10. 900 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 901 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 902 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 903 904 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 905 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 906 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 907 908 // C++ 3.9.1p5 909 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 910 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 911 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 912 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 913 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 914 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 915 else { 916 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 917 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 918 } 919 920 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 921 922 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 923 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 924 else // C99 925 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 926 927 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 928 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 929 else // C99 930 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 931 932 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 933 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 934 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 935 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 936 // expressions. 937 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 938 939 // Placeholder type for functions. 940 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 941 942 // Placeholder type for bound members. 943 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 944 945 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 946 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 947 948 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 949 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 950 951 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 952 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 953 954 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 955 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 956 957 // C99 6.2.5p11. 958 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 959 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 960 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 961 962 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 963 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 964 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 965 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 966 967 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 968 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 969 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 970 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 971 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 972 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 973 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 974 975 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 976 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 977 } 978 979 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 980 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 981 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 982 983 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 984 985 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 986 987 // void * type 988 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 989 990 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 991 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 992 993 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 994 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 995 996 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 997 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 998} 999 1000DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1001 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1002} 1003 1004AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1005 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1006 if (!Result) { 1007 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1008 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1009 } 1010 1011 return *Result; 1012} 1013 1014/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1015void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1016 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1017 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1018 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1019 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1020 } 1021} 1022 1023MemberSpecializationInfo * 1024ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1025 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1026 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1027 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1028 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1029 return 0; 1030 1031 return Pos->second; 1032} 1033 1034void 1035ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1036 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1037 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1038 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1039 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1040 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1041 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1042 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1043 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1044} 1045 1046FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1047 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1048 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1049 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1050 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1051 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1052 return 0; 1053 1054 return Pos->second; 1055} 1056 1057void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1058 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1059 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1060 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1061 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1062} 1063 1064NamedDecl * 1065ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1066 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1067 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1068 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1069 return 0; 1070 1071 return Pos->second; 1072} 1073 1074void 1075ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1076 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1077 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1078 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1079 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1080 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1081 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1082} 1083 1084UsingShadowDecl * 1085ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1086 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1087 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1088 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1089 return 0; 1090 1091 return Pos->second; 1092} 1093 1094void 1095ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1096 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1097 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1098 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1099} 1100 1101FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1102 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1103 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1104 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1105 return 0; 1106 1107 return Pos->second; 1108} 1109 1110void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1111 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1112 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1113 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1114 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1115 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1116 1117 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1118} 1119 1120bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1121 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1122 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1123 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1124} 1125 1126bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1127 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1128 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1129 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1130 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1131} 1132 1133bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1134 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1135 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1136 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1137 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1138} 1139 1140bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1141 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1142 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1143 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1144} 1145 1146bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1147 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1148 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1149 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1150} 1151 1152ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1153ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1154 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1155 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1156 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1157 return 0; 1158 1159 return Pos->second.begin(); 1160} 1161 1162ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1163ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1164 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1165 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1166 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1167 return 0; 1168 1169 return Pos->second.end(); 1170} 1171 1172unsigned 1173ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1174 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1175 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1176 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1177 return 0; 1178 1179 return Pos->second.size(); 1180} 1181 1182void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1183 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1184 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1185 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1186} 1187 1188void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1189 const NamedDecl *D, 1190 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1191 assert(D); 1192 1193 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1194 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1195 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1196 return; 1197 } 1198 1199 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1200 if (!Method) 1201 return; 1202 1203 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1204 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1205 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1206} 1207 1208void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1209 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1210 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1211 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1212 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1213 LastLocalImport = Import; 1214 return; 1215 } 1216 1217 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1218 LastLocalImport = Import; 1219} 1220 1221//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1222// Type Sizing and Analysis 1223//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1224 1225/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1226/// scalar floating point type. 1227const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1228 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1229 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1230 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1231 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1232 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1233 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1234 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1235 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1236 } 1237} 1238 1239/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1240/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1241/// this method will assert on them. 1242/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1243/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1244CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1245 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1246 1247 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1248 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1249 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1250 1251 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1252 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1253 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1254 // 1255 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1256 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1257 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1258 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1259 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1260 } else { 1261 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1262 } 1263 } 1264 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1265 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1266 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1267 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1268 1269 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1270 // else about the declaration and its type. 1271 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1272 // do nothing 1273 1274 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1275 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1276 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1277 if (RefAsPointee) 1278 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1279 else 1280 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1281 } 1282 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1283 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1284 // large-array alignment on the target. 1285 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1286 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1287 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1288 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1289 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1290 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1291 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1292 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1293 1294 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1295 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1296 } 1297 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1298 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1299 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1300 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1305 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1306 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1307 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1308 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1309 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1310 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1311 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1312 1313 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1314 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1315 1316 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1317 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1318 if (offset > 0) { 1319 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1320 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1321 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1322 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1323 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1324 } 1325 1326 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1327 } 1328 } 1329 1330 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1331} 1332 1333// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1334// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1335// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1336// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1337std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1338ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1339 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1340 1341 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1342 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1343 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1344 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1345 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1346 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1347 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1348 } 1349 } 1350 1351 return sizeAndAlign; 1352} 1353 1354/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1355/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1356std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1357static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1358 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1359 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1360 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1361 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1362 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1363 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1364 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1365 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1366 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1367 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1368 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1369 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1370} 1371 1372std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1373ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1374 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1375 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1376 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1377 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1378 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1379} 1380 1381std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1382ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1383 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1384} 1385 1386std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1387 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1388 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1389 return it->second; 1390 1391 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1392 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1393 return Info; 1394} 1395 1396/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1397/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1398/// 1399/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1400/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1401/// should take a QualType, &c. 1402std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1403ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1404 uint64_t Width=0; 1405 unsigned Align=8; 1406 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1407#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1408#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1409#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1410#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1411#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1412 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1413 1414 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1415 case Type::FunctionProto: 1416 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1417 Width = 0; 1418 Align = 32; 1419 break; 1420 1421 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1422 case Type::VariableArray: 1423 Width = 0; 1424 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1425 break; 1426 1427 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1428 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1429 1430 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1431 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1432 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1433 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1434 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1435 Align = EltInfo.second; 1436 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1437 break; 1438 } 1439 case Type::ExtVector: 1440 case Type::Vector: { 1441 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1442 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1443 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1444 Align = Width; 1445 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1446 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1447 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1448 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1449 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1450 } 1451 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1452 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1453 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1454 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1455 break; 1456 } 1457 1458 case Type::Builtin: 1459 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1460 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1461 case BuiltinType::Void: 1462 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1463 Width = 0; 1464 Align = 8; 1465 break; 1466 1467 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1468 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1469 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1470 break; 1471 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1472 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1473 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1474 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1475 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1476 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1477 break; 1478 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1479 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1480 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1481 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1482 break; 1483 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1484 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1485 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1486 break; 1487 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1488 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1489 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1490 break; 1491 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1492 case BuiltinType::Short: 1493 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1494 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1495 break; 1496 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1497 case BuiltinType::Int: 1498 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1499 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1500 break; 1501 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1502 case BuiltinType::Long: 1503 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1504 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1505 break; 1506 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1507 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1508 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1509 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1510 break; 1511 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1512 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1513 Width = 128; 1514 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1515 break; 1516 case BuiltinType::Half: 1517 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1518 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1519 break; 1520 case BuiltinType::Float: 1521 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1522 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1523 break; 1524 case BuiltinType::Double: 1525 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1526 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1527 break; 1528 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1529 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1530 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1531 break; 1532 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1533 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1534 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1535 break; 1536 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1537 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1538 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1539 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1540 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1541 break; 1542 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1543 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1544 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1545 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1546 break; 1547 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1548 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1549 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1550 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1551 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1552 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1553 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1554 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1555 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1556 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1557 break; 1558 } 1559 break; 1560 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1561 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1562 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1563 break; 1564 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1565 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1566 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1567 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1568 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1569 break; 1570 } 1571 case Type::LValueReference: 1572 case Type::RValueReference: { 1573 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1574 // the pointer route. 1575 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1576 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1577 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1578 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1579 break; 1580 } 1581 case Type::Pointer: { 1582 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1583 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1584 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1585 break; 1586 } 1587 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1588 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1589 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1590 break; 1591 } 1592 case Type::Complex: { 1593 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1594 // size. 1595 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1596 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1597 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1598 Align = EltInfo.second; 1599 break; 1600 } 1601 case Type::ObjCObject: 1602 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1603 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1604 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1605 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1606 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1607 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1608 break; 1609 } 1610 case Type::Record: 1611 case Type::Enum: { 1612 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1613 1614 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1615 Width = 8; 1616 Align = 8; 1617 break; 1618 } 1619 1620 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1621 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1622 1623 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1624 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1625 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1626 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1627 break; 1628 } 1629 1630 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1631 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1632 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1633 1634 case Type::Auto: { 1635 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1636 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1637 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1638 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1639 } 1640 1641 case Type::Paren: 1642 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1643 1644 case Type::Typedef: { 1645 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1647 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1648 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1649 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1650 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1651 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1652 Align = AttrAlign; 1653 else 1654 Align = Info.second; 1655 Width = Info.first; 1656 break; 1657 } 1658 1659 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1660 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1661 .getTypePtr()); 1662 1663 case Type::TypeOf: 1664 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1665 1666 case Type::Decltype: 1667 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1668 .getTypePtr()); 1669 1670 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1671 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1672 1673 case Type::Elaborated: 1674 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1675 1676 case Type::Attributed: 1677 return getTypeInfo( 1678 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1679 1680 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1681 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1682 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1683 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1684 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1685 // aligned attribute on it. 1686 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1687 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1688 else 1689 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1690 } 1691 1692 case Type::Atomic: { 1693 // Start with the base type information. 1694 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1695 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1696 Width = Info.first; 1697 Align = Info.second; 1698 1699 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1700 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1701 // favorable to atomic operations: 1702 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1703 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1704 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1705 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1706 1707 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1708 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1709 } 1710 } 1711 1712 } 1713 1714 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1715 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1716} 1717 1718/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1719CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1720 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1721} 1722 1723/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1724int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1725 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1726} 1727 1728/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1729/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1730CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1731 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1732} 1733CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1734 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1735} 1736 1737/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1738/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1739CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1740 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1741} 1742CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1743 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1744} 1745 1746/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1747/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1748/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1749/// a data type. 1750unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1751 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1752 1753 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1754 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1755 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1756 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1757 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1758 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1759 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1760 1761 return ABIAlign; 1762} 1763 1764/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1765/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1766unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1767 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1768} 1769 1770/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1771/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1772CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1773 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1774} 1775 1776/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1777/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1778/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1779/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1780/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1781/// 1782void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1783 bool leafClass, 1784 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1785 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1786 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1787 if (!leafClass) { 1788 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1789 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1790 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1791 } else { 1792 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1793 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1794 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1795 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1796 } 1797} 1798 1799/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1800/// those inherited by it. 1801void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1802 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1803 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1804 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1805 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1806 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1807 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1808 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1809 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1810 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1811 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1812 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1813 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1814 } 1815 } 1816 1817 // Categories of this Interface. 1818 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1819 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1820 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1821 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1822 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1823 } 1824 1825 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1826 while (SD) { 1827 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1828 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1829 } 1830 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1831 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1832 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1833 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1834 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1835 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1836 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1837 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1838 } 1839 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1840 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1841 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1842 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1843 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1844 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1845 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1846 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1847 } 1848 } 1849} 1850 1851unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1852 unsigned count = 0; 1853 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1854 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1855 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1856 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1857 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1858 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1859 } 1860 1861 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1862 // includes synthesized ivars. 1863 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1864 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1865 1866 return count; 1867} 1868 1869bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1870 if (!E) 1871 return false; 1872 1873 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1874 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1875 1876 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1877 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1878 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1879 return true; 1880 1881 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1882 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1883 1884 return false; 1885} 1886 1887/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1888ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1889 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1890 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1891 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1892 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1893 return 0; 1894} 1895/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1896ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1897 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1898 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1899 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1900 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1901 return 0; 1902} 1903 1904/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1905void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1906 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1907 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1908 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1909} 1910/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1911void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1912 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1913 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1914 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1915} 1916 1917const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1918 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1919 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1920 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1921 return ID; 1922 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1923 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1924 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1925 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1926 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1927 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1928 1929 return 0; 1930} 1931 1932/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1933/// none exists. 1934Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1935 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1936 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1937 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1938 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1939 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1940 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1941} 1942 1943/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1944void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1945 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1946 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1947 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1948 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1949} 1950 1951TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1952 unsigned DataSize) const { 1953 if (!DataSize) 1954 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1955 else 1956 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1957 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1958 1959 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1960 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1961 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1962 return TInfo; 1963} 1964 1965TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1966 SourceLocation L) const { 1967 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1968 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1969 return DI; 1970} 1971 1972const ASTRecordLayout & 1973ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1974 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1975} 1976 1977const ASTRecordLayout & 1978ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1979 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1980 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1981} 1982 1983//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1984// Type creation/memoization methods 1985//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1986 1987QualType 1988ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1989 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1990 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1991 1992 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1993 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1994 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1995 void *insertPos = 0; 1996 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1997 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1998 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1999 } 2000 2001 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 2002 QualType canon; 2003 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2004 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 2005 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 2006 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 2007 2008 // Re-find the insert position. 2009 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2010 } 2011 2012 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 2013 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 2014 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2015} 2016 2017QualType 2018ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2019 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2020 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2021 return T; 2022 2023 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2024 // into one ExtQuals node. 2025 QualifierCollector Quals; 2026 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2027 2028 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2029 // another one. 2030 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2031 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2032 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2033 2034 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2035} 2036 2037QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2038 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2039 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2040 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2041 return T; 2042 2043 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2044 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2045 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2046 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2047 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2048 } 2049 } 2050 2051 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2052 // into one ExtQuals node. 2053 QualifierCollector Quals; 2054 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2055 2056 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2057 // another one. 2058 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2059 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2060 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2061 2062 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2063} 2064 2065const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2066 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2067 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2068 return T; 2069 2070 QualType Result; 2071 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2072 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2073 } else { 2074 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2075 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2076 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2077 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 2078 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 2079 FPT->getNumArgs()), 2080 EPI); 2081 } 2082 2083 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2084} 2085 2086void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2087 QualType ResultType) { 2088 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2089 while (true) { 2090 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2091 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2092 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2093 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2094 FD = Next; 2095 else 2096 break; 2097 } 2098 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2099 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2100} 2101 2102/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2103/// number with the specified element type. 2104QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2105 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2106 // structure. 2107 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2108 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2109 2110 void *InsertPos = 0; 2111 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2112 return QualType(CT, 0); 2113 2114 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2115 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2116 QualType Canonical; 2117 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2118 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2119 2120 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2121 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2122 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2123 } 2124 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2125 Types.push_back(New); 2126 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2127 return QualType(New, 0); 2128} 2129 2130/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2131/// the specified type. 2132QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2133 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2134 // structure. 2135 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2136 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2137 2138 void *InsertPos = 0; 2139 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2140 return QualType(PT, 0); 2141 2142 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2143 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2144 QualType Canonical; 2145 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2146 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2147 2148 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2149 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2150 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2151 } 2152 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2153 Types.push_back(New); 2154 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2155 return QualType(New, 0); 2156} 2157 2158/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2159/// a pointer to the specified block. 2160QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2161 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2162 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2163 // structure. 2164 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2165 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2166 2167 void *InsertPos = 0; 2168 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2169 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2170 return QualType(PT, 0); 2171 2172 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2173 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2174 QualType Canonical; 2175 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2176 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2177 2178 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2179 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2180 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2181 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2182 } 2183 BlockPointerType *New 2184 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2185 Types.push_back(New); 2186 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2187 return QualType(New, 0); 2188} 2189 2190/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2191/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2192QualType 2193ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2194 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2195 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2196 2197 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2198 // structure. 2199 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2200 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2201 2202 void *InsertPos = 0; 2203 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2204 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2205 return QualType(RT, 0); 2206 2207 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2208 2209 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2210 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2211 QualType Canonical; 2212 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2213 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2214 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2215 2216 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2217 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2218 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2219 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2220 } 2221 2222 LValueReferenceType *New 2223 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2224 SpelledAsLValue); 2225 Types.push_back(New); 2226 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2227 2228 return QualType(New, 0); 2229} 2230 2231/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2232/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2233QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2234 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2235 // structure. 2236 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2237 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2238 2239 void *InsertPos = 0; 2240 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2241 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2242 return QualType(RT, 0); 2243 2244 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2245 2246 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2247 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2248 QualType Canonical; 2249 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2250 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2251 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2252 2253 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2254 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2255 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2256 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2257 } 2258 2259 RValueReferenceType *New 2260 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2261 Types.push_back(New); 2262 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2263 return QualType(New, 0); 2264} 2265 2266/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2267/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2268QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2269 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2270 // structure. 2271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2272 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2273 2274 void *InsertPos = 0; 2275 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2276 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2277 return QualType(PT, 0); 2278 2279 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2280 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2281 QualType Canonical; 2282 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2283 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2284 2285 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2286 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2287 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2288 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2289 } 2290 MemberPointerType *New 2291 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2292 Types.push_back(New); 2293 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2294 return QualType(New, 0); 2295} 2296 2297/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2298/// array of the specified element type. 2299QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2300 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2301 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2302 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2303 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2304 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2305 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2306 2307 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2308 // the target. 2309 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2310 ArySize = 2311 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2312 2313 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2314 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2315 2316 void *InsertPos = 0; 2317 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2318 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2319 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2320 2321 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2322 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2323 QualType Canon; 2324 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2325 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2326 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2327 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2328 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2329 2330 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2331 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2332 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2333 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2334 } 2335 2336 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2337 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2338 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2339 Types.push_back(New); 2340 return QualType(New, 0); 2341} 2342 2343/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2344/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2345/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2346QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2347 // Vastly most common case. 2348 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2349 2350 QualType result; 2351 2352 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2353 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2354 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2355#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2356#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2357#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2358#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2359 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2360 2361 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2362 case Type::Builtin: 2363 case Type::Complex: 2364 case Type::Vector: 2365 case Type::ExtVector: 2366 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2367 case Type::ObjCObject: 2368 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2369 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2370 case Type::Record: 2371 case Type::Enum: 2372 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2373 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2374 case Type::TypeOf: 2375 case Type::Decltype: 2376 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2377 case Type::DependentName: 2378 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2379 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2380 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2381 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2382 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2383 case Type::Auto: 2384 case Type::PackExpansion: 2385 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2386 2387 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2388 // further decay. 2389 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2390 case Type::FunctionProto: 2391 case Type::BlockPointer: 2392 case Type::MemberPointer: 2393 return type; 2394 2395 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2396 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2397 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2398 // optimizations available here. 2399 case Type::Pointer: 2400 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2401 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2402 break; 2403 2404 case Type::LValueReference: { 2405 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2406 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2407 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2408 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2409 break; 2410 } 2411 2412 case Type::RValueReference: { 2413 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2414 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2415 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2416 break; 2417 } 2418 2419 case Type::Atomic: { 2420 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2421 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2422 break; 2423 } 2424 2425 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2426 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2427 result = getConstantArrayType( 2428 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2429 cat->getSize(), 2430 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2431 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2432 break; 2433 } 2434 2435 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2436 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2437 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2438 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2439 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2440 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2441 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2442 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2443 break; 2444 } 2445 2446 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2447 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2448 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2449 result = getVariableArrayType( 2450 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2451 /*size*/ 0, 2452 ArrayType::Normal, 2453 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2454 SourceRange()); 2455 break; 2456 } 2457 2458 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2459 case Type::VariableArray: { 2460 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2461 result = getVariableArrayType( 2462 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2463 /*size*/ 0, 2464 ArrayType::Star, 2465 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2466 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2467 break; 2468 } 2469 } 2470 2471 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2472 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2473} 2474 2475/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2476/// variable array of the specified element type. 2477QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2478 Expr *NumElts, 2479 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2480 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2481 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2482 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2483 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2484 QualType Canon; 2485 2486 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2487 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2488 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2489 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2490 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2491 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2492 } 2493 2494 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2495 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2496 2497 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2498 Types.push_back(New); 2499 return QualType(New, 0); 2500} 2501 2502/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2503/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2504/// type. 2505QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2506 Expr *numElements, 2507 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2508 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2509 SourceRange brackets) const { 2510 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2511 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2512 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2513 2514 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2515 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2516 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2517 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2518 if (!numElements) { 2519 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2520 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2521 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2522 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2523 brackets); 2524 Types.push_back(newType); 2525 return QualType(newType, 0); 2526 } 2527 2528 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2529 // also build a canonical type. 2530 2531 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2532 2533 void *insertPos = 0; 2534 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2535 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2536 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2537 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2538 2539 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2540 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2541 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2542 2543 // If we don't have one, build one. 2544 if (!canonTy) { 2545 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2546 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2547 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2548 brackets); 2549 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2550 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2551 } 2552 2553 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2554 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2555 canonElementType.Quals); 2556 2557 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2558 // then just use that as our result. 2559 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2560 return canon; 2561 2562 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2563 // of the element type. 2564 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2565 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2566 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2567 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2568 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2569 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2570} 2571 2572QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2573 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2574 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2575 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2576 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2577 2578 void *insertPos = 0; 2579 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2580 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2581 return QualType(iat, 0); 2582 2583 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2584 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2585 // qualifiers off the element type. 2586 QualType canon; 2587 2588 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2589 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2590 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2591 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2592 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2593 2594 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2595 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2596 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2597 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2598 } 2599 2600 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2601 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2602 2603 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2604 Types.push_back(newType); 2605 return QualType(newType, 0); 2606} 2607 2608/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2609/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2610QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2611 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2612 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2613 2614 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2615 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2616 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2617 2618 void *InsertPos = 0; 2619 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2620 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2621 2622 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2623 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2624 QualType Canonical; 2625 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2626 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2627 2628 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2629 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2630 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2631 } 2632 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2633 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2634 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2635 Types.push_back(New); 2636 return QualType(New, 0); 2637} 2638 2639/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2640/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2641QualType 2642ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2643 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2644 2645 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2646 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2647 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2648 VectorType::GenericVector); 2649 void *InsertPos = 0; 2650 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2651 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2652 2653 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2654 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2655 QualType Canonical; 2656 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2657 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2658 2659 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2660 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2661 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2662 } 2663 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2664 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2665 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2666 Types.push_back(New); 2667 return QualType(New, 0); 2668} 2669 2670QualType 2671ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2672 Expr *SizeExpr, 2673 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2674 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2675 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2676 SizeExpr); 2677 2678 void *InsertPos = 0; 2679 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2680 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2681 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2682 if (Canon) { 2683 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2684 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2685 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2686 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2687 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2688 } else { 2689 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2690 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2691 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2692 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2693 AttrLoc); 2694 2695 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2696 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2697 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2698 (void)CanonCheck; 2699 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2700 } else { 2701 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2702 SourceLocation()); 2703 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2704 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2705 } 2706 } 2707 2708 Types.push_back(New); 2709 return QualType(New, 0); 2710} 2711 2712/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2713/// 2714QualType 2715ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2716 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2717 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2718 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2719 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2720 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2721 // structure. 2722 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2723 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2724 2725 void *InsertPos = 0; 2726 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2727 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2728 return QualType(FT, 0); 2729 2730 QualType Canonical; 2731 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2732 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2733 Canonical = 2734 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2735 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2736 2737 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2738 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2739 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2740 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2741 } 2742 2743 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2744 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2745 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2746 Types.push_back(New); 2747 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2748 return QualType(New, 0); 2749} 2750 2751/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2752static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2753 return T.isCanonical() && 2754 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2755 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2756} 2757 2758/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2759/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2760QualType 2761ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2762 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2763 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2764 2765 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2766 // structure. 2767 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2768 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2769 *this); 2770 2771 void *InsertPos = 0; 2772 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2773 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2774 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2775 2776 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2777 bool isCanonical = 2778 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2779 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2780 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2781 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2782 isCanonical = false; 2783 2784 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2785 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2786 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2787 2788 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2789 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2790 QualType Canonical; 2791 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2792 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2793 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2794 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2795 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2796 2797 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2798 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2799 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2800 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2801 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2802 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2803 2804 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2805 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2806 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2807 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2808 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2809 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2810 } 2811 2812 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2813 2814 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2815 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2816 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2817 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2818 } 2819 2820 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2821 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2822 // - parameter types 2823 // - exception types 2824 // - consumed-arguments flags 2825 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2826 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2827 // specification. 2828 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2829 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2830 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2831 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2832 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2833 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2834 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2835 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2836 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2837 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2838 } 2839 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2840 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2841 2842 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2843 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2844 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2845 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2846 Types.push_back(FTP); 2847 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2848 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2849} 2850 2851#ifndef NDEBUG 2852static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2853 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2854 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2855 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2856 return true; 2857 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2858 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2859 return true; 2860 return false; 2861} 2862#endif 2863 2864/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2865/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2866QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2867 QualType TST) const { 2868 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2869 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2870 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2871 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2872 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2873 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2874 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2875 } else { 2876 Type *newType = 2877 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2878 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2879 Types.push_back(newType); 2880 } 2881 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2882} 2883 2884/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2885/// specified type declaration. 2886QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2887 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2888 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2889 2890 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2891 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2892 2893 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2894 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2895 2896 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2897 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2898 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2899 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2900 return getRecordType(Record); 2901 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2902 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2903 "enum has previous declaration"); 2904 return getEnumType(Enum); 2905 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2906 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2907 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2908 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2909 Types.push_back(newType); 2910 } else 2911 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2912 2913 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2914} 2915 2916/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2917/// specified typedef name decl. 2918QualType 2919ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2920 QualType Canonical) const { 2921 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2922 2923 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2924 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2925 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2926 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2927 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2928 Types.push_back(newType); 2929 return QualType(newType, 0); 2930} 2931 2932QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2933 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2934 2935 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2936 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2937 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2938 2939 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2940 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2941 Types.push_back(newType); 2942 return QualType(newType, 0); 2943} 2944 2945QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2946 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2947 2948 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2949 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2950 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2951 2952 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2953 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2954 Types.push_back(newType); 2955 return QualType(newType, 0); 2956} 2957 2958QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2959 QualType modifiedType, 2960 QualType equivalentType) { 2961 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2962 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2963 2964 void *insertPos = 0; 2965 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2966 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2967 2968 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2969 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2970 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2971 2972 Types.push_back(type); 2973 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2974 2975 return QualType(type, 0); 2976} 2977 2978 2979/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2980QualType 2981ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2982 QualType Replacement) const { 2983 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2984 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2985 2986 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2987 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2988 void *InsertPos = 0; 2989 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2990 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2991 2992 if (!SubstParm) { 2993 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2994 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2995 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2996 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2997 } 2998 2999 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3000} 3001 3002/// \brief Retrieve a 3003QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3004 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3005 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3006#ifndef NDEBUG 3007 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3008 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3009 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3010 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3011 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3012 } 3013#endif 3014 3015 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3016 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3017 void *InsertPos = 0; 3018 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3019 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3020 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3021 3022 QualType Canon; 3023 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3024 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3025 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3026 ArgPack); 3027 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3028 } 3029 3030 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3031 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3032 ArgPack); 3033 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3034 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3035 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3036} 3037 3038/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3039/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3040/// name. 3041QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3042 bool ParameterPack, 3043 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3044 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3045 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3046 void *InsertPos = 0; 3047 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3048 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3049 3050 if (TypeParm) 3051 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3052 3053 if (TTPDecl) { 3054 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3055 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3056 3057 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3058 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3059 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3060 (void)TypeCheck; 3061 } else 3062 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3063 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3064 3065 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3066 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3067 3068 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3069} 3070 3071TypeSourceInfo * 3072ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3073 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3074 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3075 QualType Underlying) const { 3076 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3077 "No dependent template names here!"); 3078 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3079 3080 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3081 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3082 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3083 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3084 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3085 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3086 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3087 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3088 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3089 return DI; 3090} 3091 3092QualType 3093ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3094 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3095 QualType Underlying) const { 3096 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3097 "No dependent template names here!"); 3098 3099 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3100 3101 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3102 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3103 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3104 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3105 3106 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3107 Underlying); 3108} 3109 3110#ifndef NDEBUG 3111static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3112 unsigned NumArgs) { 3113 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3114 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3115 return true; 3116 3117 return true; 3118} 3119#endif 3120 3121QualType 3122ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3123 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3124 unsigned NumArgs, 3125 QualType Underlying) const { 3126 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3127 "No dependent template names here!"); 3128 // Look through qualified template names. 3129 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3130 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3131 3132 bool IsTypeAlias = 3133 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3134 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3135 QualType CanonType; 3136 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3137 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3138 else { 3139 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3140 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3141 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3142 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3143 IsTypeAlias = false; 3144 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3145 NumArgs); 3146 } 3147 3148 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3149 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3150 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3151 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3152 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3153 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3154 TypeAlignment); 3155 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3156 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3157 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3158 3159 Types.push_back(Spec); 3160 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3161} 3162 3163QualType 3164ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3165 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3166 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3167 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3168 "No dependent template names here!"); 3169 3170 // Look through qualified template names. 3171 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3172 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3173 3174 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3175 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3176 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3177 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3178 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3179 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3180 3181 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3182 // exists. 3183 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3184 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3185 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3186 3187 void *InsertPos = 0; 3188 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3189 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3190 3191 if (!Spec) { 3192 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3193 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3194 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3195 TypeAlignment); 3196 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3197 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3198 QualType(), QualType()); 3199 Types.push_back(Spec); 3200 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3201 } 3202 3203 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3204 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3205 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3206} 3207 3208QualType 3209ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3210 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3211 QualType NamedType) const { 3212 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3213 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3214 3215 void *InsertPos = 0; 3216 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3217 if (T) 3218 return QualType(T, 0); 3219 3220 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3221 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3222 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3223 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3224 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3225 (void)CheckT; 3226 } 3227 3228 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3229 Types.push_back(T); 3230 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3231 return QualType(T, 0); 3232} 3233 3234QualType 3235ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3236 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3237 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3238 3239 void *InsertPos = 0; 3240 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3241 if (T) 3242 return QualType(T, 0); 3243 3244 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3245 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3246 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3247 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3248 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3249 (void)CheckT; 3250 } 3251 3252 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3253 Types.push_back(T); 3254 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3255 return QualType(T, 0); 3256} 3257 3258QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3259 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3260 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3261 QualType Canon) const { 3262 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3263 3264 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3265 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3266 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3267 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3268 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3269 3270 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3271 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3272 } 3273 3274 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3275 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3276 3277 void *InsertPos = 0; 3278 DependentNameType *T 3279 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3280 if (T) 3281 return QualType(T, 0); 3282 3283 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3284 Types.push_back(T); 3285 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3286 return QualType(T, 0); 3287} 3288 3289QualType 3290ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3291 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3292 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3293 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3294 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3295 // TODO: avoid this copy 3296 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3297 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3298 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3299 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3300 ArgCopy.size(), 3301 ArgCopy.data()); 3302} 3303 3304QualType 3305ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3306 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3307 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3308 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3309 unsigned NumArgs, 3310 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3311 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3312 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3313 3314 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3315 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3316 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3317 3318 void *InsertPos = 0; 3319 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3320 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3321 if (T) 3322 return QualType(T, 0); 3323 3324 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3325 3326 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3327 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3328 3329 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3330 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3331 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3332 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3333 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3334 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3335 } 3336 3337 QualType Canon; 3338 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3339 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3340 Name, NumArgs, 3341 CanonArgs.data()); 3342 3343 // Find the insert position again. 3344 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3345 } 3346 3347 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3348 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3349 TypeAlignment); 3350 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3351 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3352 Types.push_back(T); 3353 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3354 return QualType(T, 0); 3355} 3356 3357QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3358 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3359 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3360 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3361 3362 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3363 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3364 void *InsertPos = 0; 3365 PackExpansionType *T 3366 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3367 if (T) 3368 return QualType(T, 0); 3369 3370 QualType Canon; 3371 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3372 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3373 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3374 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3375 // parameters. 3376 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3377 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3378 3379 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3380 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3381 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3382 } 3383 } 3384 3385 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3386 Types.push_back(T); 3387 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3388 return QualType(T, 0); 3389} 3390 3391/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3392/// alphabetically. 3393static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3394 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3395 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3396} 3397 3398static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3399 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3400 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3401 3402 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3403 return false; 3404 3405 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3406 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3407 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3408 return false; 3409 return true; 3410} 3411 3412static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3413 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3414 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3415 3416 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3417 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3418 3419 // Canonicalize. 3420 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3421 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3422 3423 // Remove duplicates. 3424 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3425 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3426} 3427 3428QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3429 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3430 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3431 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3432 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3433 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3434 return BaseType; 3435 3436 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3437 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3438 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3439 void *InsertPos = 0; 3440 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3441 return QualType(QT, 0); 3442 3443 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3444 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3445 QualType Canonical; 3446 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3447 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3448 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3449 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3450 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3451 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3452 3453 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3454 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3455 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3456 } else { 3457 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3458 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3459 } 3460 3461 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3462 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3463 } 3464 3465 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3466 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3467 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3468 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3469 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3470 3471 Types.push_back(T); 3472 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3473 return QualType(T, 0); 3474} 3475 3476/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3477/// the given object type. 3478QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3479 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3480 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3481 3482 void *InsertPos = 0; 3483 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3484 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3485 return QualType(QT, 0); 3486 3487 // Find the canonical object type. 3488 QualType Canonical; 3489 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3490 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3491 3492 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3493 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3494 } 3495 3496 // No match. 3497 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3498 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3499 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3500 3501 Types.push_back(QType); 3502 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3503 return QualType(QType, 0); 3504} 3505 3506/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3507/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3508QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3510 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3511 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3512 3513 if (PrevDecl) { 3514 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3515 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3516 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3517 } 3518 3519 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3520 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3521 Decl = Def; 3522 3523 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3524 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3525 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3526 Types.push_back(T); 3527 return QualType(T, 0); 3528} 3529 3530/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3531/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3532/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3533/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3534/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3535QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3536 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3537 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3538 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3539 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3540 3541 void *InsertPos = 0; 3542 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3543 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3544 if (Canon) { 3545 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3546 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3547 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3548 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3549 } else { 3550 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3551 Canon 3552 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3553 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3554 toe = Canon; 3555 } 3556 } else { 3557 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3558 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3559 } 3560 Types.push_back(toe); 3561 return QualType(toe, 0); 3562} 3563 3564/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3565/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3566/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3567/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3568/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3569QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3570 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3571 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3572 Types.push_back(tot); 3573 return QualType(tot, 0); 3574} 3575 3576 3577/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3578/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3579/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3580/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3581/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3582QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3583 DecltypeType *dt; 3584 3585 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3586 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3587 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3588 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3589 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3590 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3591 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3592 3593 void *InsertPos = 0; 3594 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3595 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3596 if (Canon) { 3597 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3598 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3599 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3600 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3601 } else { 3602 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3603 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3604 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3605 dt = Canon; 3606 } 3607 } else { 3608 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3609 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3610 } 3611 Types.push_back(dt); 3612 return QualType(dt, 0); 3613} 3614 3615/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3616/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3617QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3618 QualType UnderlyingType, 3619 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3620 const { 3621 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3622 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3623 Kind, 3624 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3625 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3626 Types.push_back(Ty); 3627 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3628} 3629 3630/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3631/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3632/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3633QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3634 bool IsDependent) const { 3635 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3636 return getAutoDeductType(); 3637 3638 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3639 void *InsertPos = 0; 3640 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3641 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3642 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3643 return QualType(AT, 0); 3644 3645 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3646 IsDecltypeAuto, 3647 IsDependent); 3648 Types.push_back(AT); 3649 if (InsertPos) 3650 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3651 return QualType(AT, 0); 3652} 3653 3654/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3655/// the given value type. 3656QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3657 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3658 // structure. 3659 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3660 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3661 3662 void *InsertPos = 0; 3663 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3664 return QualType(AT, 0); 3665 3666 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3667 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3668 QualType Canonical; 3669 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3670 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3671 3672 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3673 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3674 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3675 } 3676 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3677 Types.push_back(New); 3678 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3679 return QualType(New, 0); 3680} 3681 3682/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3683QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3684 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3685 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3686 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3687 /*dependent*/false), 3688 0); 3689 return AutoDeductTy; 3690} 3691 3692/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3693QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3694 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3695 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3696 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3697 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3698} 3699 3700/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3701/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3702QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3703 assert (Decl); 3704 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3705 // away const? mutable? 3706 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3707} 3708 3709/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3710/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3711/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3712CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3713 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3714} 3715 3716/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3717CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3718 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3719} 3720 3721/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3722CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3723 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3724} 3725 3726/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3727/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3728QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3729 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3730 return WCharTy; 3731} 3732 3733/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3734/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3735QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3736 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3737 return UnsignedIntTy; 3738} 3739 3740QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3741 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3742} 3743 3744QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3745 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3746} 3747 3748/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3749/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3750QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3751 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3752} 3753 3754/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3755/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3756QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3757 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3758} 3759 3760//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3761// Type Operators 3762//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3763 3764CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3765 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3766 // qualifiers. 3767 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3768 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3769 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3770 QualType Result; 3771 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3772 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3773 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3774 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3775 } else { 3776 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3777 } 3778 3779 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3780} 3781 3782QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3783 Qualifiers &quals) { 3784 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3785 3786 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3787 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3788 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3789 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3790 const ArrayType *AT = 3791 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3792 3793 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3794 if (!AT) { 3795 quals = splitType.Quals; 3796 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3797 } 3798 3799 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3800 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3801 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3802 3803 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3804 // can just use the results in splitType. 3805 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3806 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3807 quals = splitType.Quals; 3808 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3809 } 3810 3811 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3812 // build the type back up. 3813 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3814 3815 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3816 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3817 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3818 } 3819 3820 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3821 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3822 } 3823 3824 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3825 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3826 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3827 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3828 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3829 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3830 } 3831 3832 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3833 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3834 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3835 SourceRange()); 3836} 3837 3838/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3839/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3840/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3841/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3842/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3843/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3844/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3845/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3846bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3847 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3848 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3849 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3850 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3851 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3852 return true; 3853 } 3854 3855 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3856 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3857 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3858 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3859 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3860 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3861 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3862 return true; 3863 } 3864 3865 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3866 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3867 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3868 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3869 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3870 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3871 return true; 3872 } 3873 } 3874 3875 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3876 3877 return false; 3878} 3879 3880DeclarationNameInfo 3881ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3882 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3883 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3884 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3885 case TemplateName::Template: 3886 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3887 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3888 NameLoc); 3889 3890 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3891 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3892 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3893 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3894 } 3895 3896 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3897 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3898 DeclarationName DName; 3899 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3900 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3901 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3902 } else { 3903 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3904 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3905 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3906 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3907 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3908 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3909 } 3910 } 3911 3912 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3913 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3914 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3915 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3916 NameLoc); 3917 } 3918 3919 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3920 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3921 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3922 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3923 NameLoc); 3924 } 3925 } 3926 3927 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3928} 3929 3930TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3931 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3932 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3933 case TemplateName::Template: { 3934 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3935 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3936 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3937 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3938 3939 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3940 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3941 } 3942 3943 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3944 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3945 3946 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3947 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3948 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3949 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3950 } 3951 3952 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3953 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3954 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3955 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3956 } 3957 3958 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3959 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3960 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3961 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3962 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3963 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3964 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3965 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3966 } 3967 } 3968 3969 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3970} 3971 3972bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3973 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3974 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3975 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3976} 3977 3978TemplateArgument 3979ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3980 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3981 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3982 return Arg; 3983 3984 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3985 return Arg; 3986 3987 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3988 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3989 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3990 } 3991 3992 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3993 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3994 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3995 3996 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3997 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3998 3999 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 4000 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 4001 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4002 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4003 4004 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4005 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4006 4007 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4008 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4009 4010 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4011 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4012 return Arg; 4013 4014 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4015 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4016 unsigned Idx = 0; 4017 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4018 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4019 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4020 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4021 4022 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4023 } 4024 } 4025 4026 // Silence GCC warning 4027 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4028} 4029 4030NestedNameSpecifier * 4031ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4032 if (!NNS) 4033 return 0; 4034 4035 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4036 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4037 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4038 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4039 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4040 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4041 4042 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4043 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4044 // this namespace and no prefix. 4045 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4046 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4047 4048 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4049 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4050 // this namespace and no prefix. 4051 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4052 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4053 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4054 4055 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4056 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4057 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4058 4059 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4060 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4061 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4062 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4063 // types, e.g., 4064 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4065 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4066 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4067 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4068 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4069 4070 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4071 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4072 // first place? 4073 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4074 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4075 } 4076 4077 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4078 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4079 return NNS; 4080 } 4081 4082 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4083} 4084 4085 4086const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4087 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4088 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4089 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4090 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4091 return AT; 4092 } 4093 4094 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4095 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4096 return 0; 4097 4098 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4099 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4100 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4101 4102 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4103 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4104 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4105 4106 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4107 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4108 4109 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4110 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4111 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4112 return ATy; 4113 4114 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4115 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4116 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4117 4118 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4119 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4120 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4121 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4122 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4123 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4124 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4125 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4126 4127 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4128 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4129 return cast<ArrayType>( 4130 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4131 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4132 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4133 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4134 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4135 4136 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4137 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4138 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4139 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4140 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4141 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4142} 4143 4144QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4145 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4146 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4147 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4148 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4149 // the array type derivation. 4150 if (T->isArrayType()) 4151 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4152 4153 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4154 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4155 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4156 // in 6.3.2.1. 4157 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4158 return getPointerType(T); 4159 4160 return T; 4161} 4162 4163QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4164 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4165 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4166 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4167} 4168 4169/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4170/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4171/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4172/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4173/// 4174/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4175QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4176 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4177 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4178 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4179 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4180 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4181 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4182 4183 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4184 4185 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4186 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4187} 4188 4189QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4190 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4191} 4192 4193QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4194 Qualifiers qs; 4195 while (true) { 4196 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4197 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4198 if (!array) break; 4199 4200 type = array->getElementType(); 4201 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4202 } 4203 4204 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4205} 4206 4207/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4208uint64_t 4209ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4210 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4211 do { 4212 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4213 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4214 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4215 } while (CA); 4216 return ElementCount; 4217} 4218 4219/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4220/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4221static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4222 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4223 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4224 4225 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4226 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4227 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4228 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4229 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4230 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4231 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4232 } 4233} 4234 4235/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4236/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4237/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4238/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4239QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4240 QualType Domain) const { 4241 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4242 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4243 switch (EltRank) { 4244 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4245 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4246 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4247 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4248 } 4249 } 4250 4251 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4252 switch (EltRank) { 4253 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4254 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4255 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4256 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4257 } 4258 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4259} 4260 4261/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4262/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4263/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4264/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4265int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4266 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4267 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4268 4269 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4270 return 0; 4271 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4272 return 1; 4273 return -1; 4274} 4275 4276/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4277/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4278/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4279unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4280 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4281 4282 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4283 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4284 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4285 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4286 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4287 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4288 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4289 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4290 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4291 case BuiltinType::Short: 4292 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4293 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4294 case BuiltinType::Int: 4295 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4296 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4297 case BuiltinType::Long: 4298 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4299 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4300 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4301 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4302 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4303 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4304 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4305 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4306 } 4307} 4308 4309/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4310/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4311/// 4312/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4313/// promotion occurs. 4314QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4315 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4316 return QualType(); 4317 4318 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4319 if (!Field) 4320 return QualType(); 4321 4322 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4323 4324 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4325 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4326 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4327 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4328 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4329 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4330 return IntTy; 4331 4332 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4333 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4334 4335 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4336 // like the base type. 4337 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4338 // is ridiculous. 4339 return QualType(); 4340} 4341 4342/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4343/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4344/// integer type. 4345QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4346 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4347 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4348 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4349 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4350 4351 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4352 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4353 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4354 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4355 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4356 // unsigned long long int [...] 4357 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4358 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4359 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4360 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4361 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4362 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4363 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4364 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4365 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4366 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4367 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4368 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4369 (FromSize == ToSize && 4370 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4371 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4372 } 4373 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4374 } 4375 } 4376 4377 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4378 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4379 return IntTy; 4380 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4381 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4382 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4383 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4384} 4385 4386/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4387/// type and returns its ownership. 4388Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4389 while (!T.isNull()) { 4390 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4391 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4392 if (T->isArrayType()) 4393 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4394 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4395 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4396 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4397 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4398 else 4399 break; 4400 } 4401 4402 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4403} 4404 4405/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4406/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4407/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4408int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4409 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4410 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4411 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4412 4413 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4414 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4415 4416 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4417 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4418 4419 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4420 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4421 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4422 } 4423 4424 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4425 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4426 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4427 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4428 return 1; 4429 4430 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4431 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4432 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4433 return -1; 4434 } 4435 4436 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4437 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4438 return -1; 4439 4440 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4441 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4442 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4443 return 1; 4444} 4445 4446static RecordDecl * 4447CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4448 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4449 SourceLocation Loc; 4450 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4451 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4452 else 4453 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4454} 4455 4456// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4457QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4458 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4459 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4460 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4461 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4462 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4463 4464 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4465 4466 // const int *isa; 4467 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4468 // int flags; 4469 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4470 // const char *str; 4471 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4472 // long length; 4473 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4474 4475 // Create fields 4476 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4477 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4478 SourceLocation(), 4479 SourceLocation(), 0, 4480 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4481 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4482 /*Mutable=*/false, 4483 ICIS_NoInit); 4484 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4485 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4486 } 4487 4488 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4489 } 4490 4491 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4492} 4493 4494QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4495 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4496 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4497 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4498 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4499 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4500 } 4501 return ObjCSuperType; 4502} 4503 4504void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4505 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4506 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4507 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4508} 4509 4510QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4511 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4512 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4513 4514 RecordDecl *T; 4515 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4516 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4517 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4518 T->startDefinition(); 4519 4520 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4521 UnsignedLongTy, 4522 UnsignedLongTy, 4523 }; 4524 4525 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4526 "reserved", 4527 "Size" 4528 }; 4529 4530 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4531 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4532 SourceLocation(), 4533 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4534 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4535 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4536 /*Mutable=*/false, 4537 ICIS_NoInit); 4538 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4539 T->addDecl(Field); 4540 } 4541 4542 T->completeDefinition(); 4543 4544 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4545 4546 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4547} 4548 4549QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4550 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4551 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4552 4553 RecordDecl *T; 4554 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4555 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4556 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4557 T->startDefinition(); 4558 4559 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4560 UnsignedLongTy, 4561 UnsignedLongTy, 4562 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4563 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4564 }; 4565 4566 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4567 "reserved", 4568 "Size", 4569 "CopyFuncPtr", 4570 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4571 }; 4572 4573 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4574 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4575 SourceLocation(), 4576 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4577 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4578 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4579 /*Mutable=*/false, 4580 ICIS_NoInit); 4581 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4582 T->addDecl(Field); 4583 } 4584 4585 T->completeDefinition(); 4586 4587 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4588 4589 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4590} 4591 4592/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4593/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4594/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4595bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4596 const VarDecl *D) { 4597 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4598 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4599 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4600 4601 return true; 4602 } 4603 4604 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4605 4606 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4607 4608 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4609 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4610 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4611 4612 switch (lifetime) { 4613 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4614 4615 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4616 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4617 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4618 return false; 4619 4620 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4621 // byref routines. 4622 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4623 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4624 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4625 return true; 4626 } 4627 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4628 } 4629 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4630 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4631} 4632 4633bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4634 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4635 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4636 4637 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4638 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4639 return false; 4640 4641 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4642 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4643 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4644 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4645 } 4646 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4647 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4648 // MRR. 4649 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4650 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4651 else 4652 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4653 return true; 4654} 4655 4656TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4657 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4658 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4659 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4660 SourceLocation(), 4661 SourceLocation(), 4662 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4663 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4664 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4665} 4666 4667// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4668// typedef <type> BOOL; 4669static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4670 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4671 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4672 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4673 4674 return false; 4675} 4676 4677/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4678/// purpose. 4679CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4680 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4681 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4682 4683 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4684 4685 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4686 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4687 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4688 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4689 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4690 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4691 return sz; 4692} 4693 4694static inline 4695std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4696 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4697} 4698 4699/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4700/// declaration. 4701std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4702 std::string S; 4703 4704 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4705 QualType BlockTy = 4706 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4707 // Encode result type. 4708 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4709 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4710 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4711 S, true /*Extended*/); 4712 else 4713 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4714 S); 4715 // Compute size of all parameters. 4716 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4717 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4718 SourceLocation Loc; 4719 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4720 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4721 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4722 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4723 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4724 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4725 if (sz.isZero()) 4726 continue; 4727 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4728 ParmOffset += sz; 4729 } 4730 // Size of the argument frame 4731 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4732 // Block pointer and offset. 4733 S += "@?0"; 4734 4735 // Argument types. 4736 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4737 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4738 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4739 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4740 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4741 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4742 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4743 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4744 // elements. 4745 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4746 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4747 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4748 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4749 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4750 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4751 S, true /*Extended*/); 4752 else 4753 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4754 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4755 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4756 } 4757 4758 return S; 4759} 4760 4761bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4762 std::string& S) { 4763 // Encode result type. 4764 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4765 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4766 // Compute size of all parameters. 4767 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4768 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4769 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4770 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4771 if (sz.isZero()) 4772 continue; 4773 4774 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4775 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4776 ParmOffset += sz; 4777 } 4778 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4779 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4780 4781 // Argument types. 4782 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4783 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4784 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4785 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4786 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4787 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4788 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4789 // elements. 4790 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4791 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4792 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4793 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4794 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4795 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4796 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4797 } 4798 4799 return false; 4800} 4801 4802/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4803/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4804/// block object types. 4805void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4806 QualType T, std::string& S, 4807 bool Extended) const { 4808 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4809 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4810 // Encode parameter type. 4811 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4812 true /*OutermostType*/, 4813 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4814 false /*StructField*/, 4815 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4816 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4817} 4818 4819/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4820/// declaration. 4821bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4822 std::string& S, 4823 bool Extended) const { 4824 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4825 // Encode return type. 4826 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4827 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4828 // Compute size of all parameters. 4829 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4830 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4831 SourceLocation Loc; 4832 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4833 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4834 // their size. 4835 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4836 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4837 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4838 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4839 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4840 if (sz.isZero()) 4841 continue; 4842 4843 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4844 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4845 ParmOffset += sz; 4846 } 4847 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4848 S += "@0:"; 4849 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4850 4851 // Argument types. 4852 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4853 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4854 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4855 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4856 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4857 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4858 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4859 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4860 // elements. 4861 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4862 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4863 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4864 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4865 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4866 PType, S, Extended); 4867 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4868 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4869 } 4870 4871 return false; 4872} 4873 4874/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4875/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4876/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4877/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4878/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4879/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4880/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4881/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4882/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4883/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4884/// @code 4885/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4886/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4887/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4888/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4889/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4890/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4891/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4892/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4893/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4894/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4895/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4896/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4897/// }; 4898/// @endcode 4899void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4900 const Decl *Container, 4901 std::string& S) const { 4902 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4903 bool Dynamic = false; 4904 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4905 4906 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4907 if (Container) { 4908 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4909 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4910 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4911 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4912 i != e; ++i) { 4913 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4914 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4915 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4916 Dynamic = true; 4917 } else { 4918 SynthesizePID = PID; 4919 } 4920 } 4921 } 4922 } else { 4923 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4924 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4925 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4926 i != e; ++i) { 4927 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4928 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4929 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4930 Dynamic = true; 4931 } else { 4932 SynthesizePID = PID; 4933 } 4934 } 4935 } 4936 } 4937 } 4938 4939 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4940 S = "T"; 4941 4942 // Encode result type. 4943 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4944 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4945 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4946 true /* outermost type */, 4947 true /* encoding for property */); 4948 4949 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4950 S += ",R"; 4951 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4952 S += ",C"; 4953 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4954 S += ",&"; 4955 } else { 4956 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4957 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4958 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4959 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4960 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4961 } 4962 } 4963 4964 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4965 // are "dynamic by default". 4966 if (Dynamic) 4967 S += ",D"; 4968 4969 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4970 S += ",N"; 4971 4972 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4973 S += ",G"; 4974 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4975 } 4976 4977 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4978 S += ",S"; 4979 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4980 } 4981 4982 if (SynthesizePID) { 4983 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4984 S += ",V"; 4985 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4986 } 4987 4988 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4989} 4990 4991/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4992/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4993/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4994/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4995/// 4996void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4997 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4998 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4999 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5000 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 5001 else 5002 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5003 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5004 } 5005 } 5006} 5007 5008void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5009 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5010 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5011 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5012 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5013 // same type. 5014 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5015 true /* outermost type */); 5016} 5017 5018static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5019 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5020 switch (kind) { 5021 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5022 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5023 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5024 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5025 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5026 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5027 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5028 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5029 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5030 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5031 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5032 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5033 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5034 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5035 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5036 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5037 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5038 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5039 case BuiltinType::Long: 5040 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5041 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5042 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5043 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5044 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5045 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5046 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5047 5048 case BuiltinType::Half: 5049 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5050 return ' '; 5051 5052 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5053 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5054 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5055 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5056 5057 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5058 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5059 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5060 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5061 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5062 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5063 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5064 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5065 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5066 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5067#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5068#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5069 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5070#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5071 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5072 } 5073 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5074} 5075 5076static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5077 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5078 5079 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5080 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5081 return 'i'; 5082 5083 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5084 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5085 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5086} 5087 5088static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5089 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5090 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5091 S += 'b'; 5092 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5093 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5094 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5095 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5096 // 5097 // struct 5098 // { 5099 // int integer; 5100 // int flags:2; 5101 // }; 5102 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5103 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5104 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5105 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5106 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5107 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5108 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5109 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5110 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5111 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5112 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5113 else { 5114 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5115 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5116 } 5117 } 5118 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5119} 5120 5121// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5122void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5123 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5124 bool ExpandStructures, 5125 const FieldDecl *FD, 5126 bool OutermostType, 5127 bool EncodingProperty, 5128 bool StructField, 5129 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5130 bool EncodeClassNames, 5131 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5132 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5133 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5134 case Type::Builtin: 5135 case Type::Enum: 5136 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5137 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5138 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5139 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5140 else 5141 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5142 return; 5143 5144 case Type::Complex: { 5145 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5146 S += 'j'; 5147 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5148 false); 5149 return; 5150 } 5151 5152 case Type::Atomic: { 5153 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5154 S += 'A'; 5155 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5156 false, false); 5157 return; 5158 } 5159 5160 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5161 case Type::Pointer: 5162 case Type::LValueReference: 5163 case Type::RValueReference: { 5164 QualType PointeeTy; 5165 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5166 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5167 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5168 S += ':'; 5169 return; 5170 } 5171 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5172 } else { 5173 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5174 } 5175 5176 bool isReadOnly = false; 5177 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5178 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5179 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5180 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5181 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5182 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5183 isReadOnly = true; 5184 S += 'r'; 5185 } 5186 } else if (OutermostType) { 5187 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5188 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5189 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5190 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5191 isReadOnly = true; 5192 S += 'r'; 5193 } 5194 } 5195 if (isReadOnly) { 5196 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5197 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5198 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5199 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5200 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5201 } 5202 5203 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5204 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5205 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5206 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5207 S += '*'; 5208 return; 5209 } 5210 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5211 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5212 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5213 S += '#'; 5214 return; 5215 } 5216 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5217 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5218 S += '@'; 5219 return; 5220 } 5221 // fall through... 5222 } 5223 S += '^'; 5224 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5225 5226 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5227 NULL); 5228 return; 5229 } 5230 5231 case Type::ConstantArray: 5232 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5233 case Type::VariableArray: { 5234 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5235 5236 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5237 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5238 S += '^'; 5239 5240 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5241 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5242 } else { 5243 S += '['; 5244 5245 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 5246 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5247 else { 5248 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5249 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5250 "Unknown array type!"); 5251 S += '0'; 5252 } 5253 5254 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5255 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5256 S += ']'; 5257 } 5258 return; 5259 } 5260 5261 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5262 case Type::FunctionProto: 5263 S += '?'; 5264 return; 5265 5266 case Type::Record: { 5267 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5268 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5269 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5270 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5271 S += II->getName(); 5272 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5273 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5274 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5275 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5276 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5277 TemplateArgs.data(), 5278 TemplateArgs.size(), 5279 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5280 } 5281 } else { 5282 S += '?'; 5283 } 5284 if (ExpandStructures) { 5285 S += '='; 5286 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5287 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5288 } else { 5289 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5290 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5291 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5292 if (FD) { 5293 S += '"'; 5294 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5295 S += '"'; 5296 } 5297 5298 // Special case bit-fields. 5299 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5300 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5301 *Field); 5302 } else { 5303 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5304 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5305 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5306 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5307 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5308 /*StructField*/true); 5309 } 5310 } 5311 } 5312 } 5313 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5314 return; 5315 } 5316 5317 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5318 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5319 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5320 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5321 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5322 5323 S += '<'; 5324 // Block return type 5325 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5326 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5327 FD, 5328 false /* OutermostType */, 5329 EncodingProperty, 5330 false /* StructField */, 5331 EncodeBlockParameters, 5332 EncodeClassNames); 5333 // Block self 5334 S += "@?"; 5335 // Block parameters 5336 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5337 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5338 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5339 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5340 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5341 ExpandStructures, 5342 FD, 5343 false /* OutermostType */, 5344 EncodingProperty, 5345 false /* StructField */, 5346 EncodeBlockParameters, 5347 EncodeClassNames); 5348 } 5349 } 5350 S += '>'; 5351 } 5352 return; 5353 } 5354 5355 case Type::ObjCObject: 5356 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5357 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5358 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5359 5360 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5361 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5362 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5363 // @encode(class_name) 5364 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5365 S += '{'; 5366 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5367 S += II->getName(); 5368 S += '='; 5369 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5370 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5371 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5372 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5373 if (Field->isBitField()) 5374 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5375 else 5376 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5377 false, false, false, false, false, 5378 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5379 } 5380 S += '}'; 5381 return; 5382 } 5383 5384 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5385 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5386 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5387 S += '@'; 5388 return; 5389 } 5390 5391 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5392 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5393 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5394 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5395 S += '#'; 5396 return; 5397 } 5398 5399 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5400 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5401 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5402 ExpandStructures, FD); 5403 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5404 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5405 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5406 S += '"'; 5407 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5408 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5409 S += '<'; 5410 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5411 S += '>'; 5412 } 5413 S += '"'; 5414 } 5415 return; 5416 } 5417 5418 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5419 if (!EncodingProperty && 5420 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5421 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5422 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5423 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5424 // {...}; 5425 S += '^'; 5426 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5427 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5428 NULL, 5429 false, false, false, false, false, 5430 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5431 return; 5432 } 5433 5434 S += '@'; 5435 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5436 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5437 S += '"'; 5438 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5439 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5440 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5441 S += '<'; 5442 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5443 S += '>'; 5444 } 5445 S += '"'; 5446 } 5447 return; 5448 } 5449 5450 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5451 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5452 case Type::MemberPointer: 5453 return; 5454 5455 case Type::Vector: 5456 case Type::ExtVector: 5457 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5458 // insufficient. 5459 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5460 return; 5461 5462 case Type::Auto: 5463 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5464 // Just ignore it. 5465 return; 5466 5467#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5468#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5469#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5470 case Type::KIND: 5471#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5472 case Type::KIND: 5473#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5474 case Type::KIND: 5475#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5476 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5477 } 5478 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5479} 5480 5481void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5482 std::string &S, 5483 const FieldDecl *FD, 5484 bool includeVBases) const { 5485 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5486 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5487 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5488 return; 5489 5490 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5491 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5492 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5493 5494 if (CXXRec) { 5495 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5496 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5497 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5498 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5499 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5500 if (base->isEmpty()) 5501 continue; 5502 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5503 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5504 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5505 } 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 unsigned i = 0; 5510 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5511 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5512 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5513 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5514 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5515 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5516 } 5517 5518 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5519 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5520 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5521 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5522 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5523 if (base->isEmpty()) 5524 continue; 5525 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5526 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5527 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5528 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5529 } 5530 } 5531 5532 CharUnits size; 5533 if (CXXRec) { 5534 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5535 } else { 5536 size = layout.getSize(); 5537 } 5538 5539 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5540 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5541 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5542 5543 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5544 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5545 if (FD) { 5546 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5547 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5548 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5549 S += recname; 5550 S += '"'; 5551 } 5552 S += "^^?"; 5553 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5554 } 5555 5556 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5557 // Mark the end of the structure. 5558 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5559 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5560 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5561 } 5562 5563 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5564 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5565 5566 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5567 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5568 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5569 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5570 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5571 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5572 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5573 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5574 // longer then though. 5575 CurOffs += padding; 5576 } 5577 5578 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5579 if (dcl == 0) 5580 break; // reached end of structure. 5581 5582 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5583 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5584 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5585 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5586 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5587 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5588 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5589 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5590 } else { 5591 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5592 if (FD) { 5593 S += '"'; 5594 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5595 S += '"'; 5596 } 5597 5598 if (field->isBitField()) { 5599 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5600 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5601 } else { 5602 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5603 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5604 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5605 /*OutermostType*/false, 5606 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5607 /*StructField*/true); 5608 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5609 } 5610 } 5611 } 5612} 5613 5614void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5615 std::string& S) const { 5616 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5617 S += 'n'; 5618 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5619 S += 'N'; 5620 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5621 S += 'o'; 5622 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5623 S += 'O'; 5624 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5625 S += 'R'; 5626 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5627 S += 'V'; 5628} 5629 5630TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5631 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5632 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5633 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5634 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5635 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5636 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5637 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5638 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5639 } 5640 5641 return ObjCIdDecl; 5642} 5643 5644TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5645 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5646 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5647 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5648 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5649 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5650 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5651 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5652 } 5653 return ObjCSelDecl; 5654} 5655 5656TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5657 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5658 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5659 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5660 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5661 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5662 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5663 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5664 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5665 } 5666 5667 return ObjCClassDecl; 5668} 5669 5670ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5671 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5672 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5673 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5674 SourceLocation(), 5675 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5676 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5677 SourceLocation(), true); 5678 } 5679 5680 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5681} 5682 5683//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5684// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5685//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5686 5687static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5688 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5689 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5690 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5691 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5692 5693 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5694 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5695 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5696 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5697 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5698 TInfo); 5699 return VaListTypeDecl; 5700} 5701 5702static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5703 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5704 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5705 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5706 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5707 5708 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5709 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5710 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5711 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5712 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5713 TInfo); 5714 return VaListTypeDecl; 5715} 5716 5717static TypedefDecl * 5718CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5719 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5720 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5721 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5722 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5723 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5724 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5725 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5726 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5727 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5728 5729 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5730 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5731 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5732 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5733 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5734 } else { 5735 // struct __va_list 5736 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5737 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5738 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5739 } 5740 5741 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5742 5743 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5744 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5745 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5746 5747 // void *__stack; 5748 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5749 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5750 5751 // void *__gr_top; 5752 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5753 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5754 5755 // void *__vr_top; 5756 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5757 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5758 5759 // int __gr_offs; 5760 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5761 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5762 5763 // int __vr_offs; 5764 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5765 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5766 5767 // Create fields 5768 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5769 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5770 VaListTagDecl, 5771 SourceLocation(), 5772 SourceLocation(), 5773 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5774 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5775 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5776 /*Mutable=*/false, 5777 ICIS_NoInit); 5778 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5779 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5780 } 5781 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5782 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5783 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5784 5785 // } __builtin_va_list; 5786 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5787 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5788 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5789 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5790 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5791 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5792 5793 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5794} 5795 5796static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5797 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5798 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5799 5800 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5801 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5802 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5803 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5804 5805 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5806 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5807 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5808 5809 // unsigned char gpr; 5810 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5811 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5812 5813 // unsigned char fpr; 5814 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5815 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5816 5817 // unsigned short reserved; 5818 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5819 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5820 5821 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5822 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5823 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5824 5825 // void* reg_save_area; 5826 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5827 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5828 5829 // Create fields 5830 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5831 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5832 SourceLocation(), 5833 SourceLocation(), 5834 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5835 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5836 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5837 /*Mutable=*/false, 5838 ICIS_NoInit); 5839 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5840 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5841 } 5842 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5843 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5844 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5845 5846 // } __va_list_tag; 5847 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5848 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5849 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5850 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5851 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5852 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5853 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5854 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5855 5856 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5857 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5858 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5859 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5860 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5861 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5862 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5863 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5864 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5865 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5866 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5867 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5868 TInfo); 5869 5870 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5871} 5872 5873static TypedefDecl * 5874CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5875 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5876 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5877 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5878 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5879 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5880 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5881 5882 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5883 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5884 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5885 5886 // unsigned gp_offset; 5887 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5888 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5889 5890 // unsigned fp_offset; 5891 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5892 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5893 5894 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5895 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5896 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5897 5898 // void* reg_save_area; 5899 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5900 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5901 5902 // Create fields 5903 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5904 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5905 VaListTagDecl, 5906 SourceLocation(), 5907 SourceLocation(), 5908 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5909 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5910 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5911 /*Mutable=*/false, 5912 ICIS_NoInit); 5913 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5914 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5915 } 5916 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5917 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5918 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5919 5920 // } __va_list_tag; 5921 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5922 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5923 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5924 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5925 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5926 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5927 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5928 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5929 5930 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5931 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5932 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5933 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5934 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5935 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5936 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5937 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5938 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5939 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5940 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5941 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5942 TInfo); 5943 5944 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5945} 5946 5947static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5948 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5949 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5950 QualType IntArrayType 5951 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5952 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5953 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5954 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5955 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5956 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5957 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5958 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5959 5960 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5961} 5962 5963static TypedefDecl * 5964CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5965 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5966 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5967 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5968 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5969 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5970 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5971 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5972 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5973 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5974 5975 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5976 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5977 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5978 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5979 5980 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5981 5982 } else { 5983 // struct __va_list { 5984 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5985 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5986 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5987 } 5988 5989 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5990 5991 // void * __ap; 5992 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5993 VaListDecl, 5994 SourceLocation(), 5995 SourceLocation(), 5996 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5997 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5998 /*TInfo=*/0, 5999 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6000 /*Mutable=*/false, 6001 ICIS_NoInit); 6002 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6003 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6004 6005 // }; 6006 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6007 6008 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6009 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6010 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6011 6012 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6013 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6014 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6015 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6016 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6017 TInfo); 6018 6019 return VaListTypeDecl; 6020} 6021 6022static TypedefDecl * 6023CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6024 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6025 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6026 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6027 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6028 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6029 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6030 6031 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6032 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6033 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6034 6035 // long __gpr; 6036 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6037 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6038 6039 // long __fpr; 6040 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6041 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6042 6043 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6044 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6045 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6046 6047 // void *__reg_save_area; 6048 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6049 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6050 6051 // Create fields 6052 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6053 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6054 VaListTagDecl, 6055 SourceLocation(), 6056 SourceLocation(), 6057 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6058 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6059 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6060 /*Mutable=*/false, 6061 ICIS_NoInit); 6062 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6063 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6064 } 6065 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6066 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6067 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6068 6069 // } __va_list_tag; 6070 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6071 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6072 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6073 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6074 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6075 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6076 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6077 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6078 6079 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6080 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6081 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6082 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6083 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6084 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6085 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6086 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6087 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6088 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6089 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6090 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6091 TInfo); 6092 6093 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6094} 6095 6096static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6097 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6098 switch (Kind) { 6099 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6100 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6101 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6102 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6103 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6104 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6105 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6106 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6107 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6108 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6109 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6110 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6111 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6112 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6113 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6114 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6115 } 6116 6117 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6118} 6119 6120TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6121 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6122 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6123 6124 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6125} 6126 6127QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6128 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6129 // declaration. 6130 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6131 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6132 6133 return VaListTagTy; 6134} 6135 6136void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6137 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6138 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6139 6140 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6141} 6142 6143/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6144/// lookup. 6145TemplateName 6146ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6147 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6148 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6149 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6150 6151 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6152 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6153 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6154 6155 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6156 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6157 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6158 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6159 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6160 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6161 *Storage++ = D; 6162 } 6163 6164 return TemplateName(OT); 6165} 6166 6167/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6168/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6169TemplateName 6170ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6171 bool TemplateKeyword, 6172 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6173 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6174 6175 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6176 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6177 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6178 6179 void *InsertPos = 0; 6180 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6181 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6182 if (!QTN) { 6183 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6184 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6185 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6186 } 6187 6188 return TemplateName(QTN); 6189} 6190 6191/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6192/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6193TemplateName 6194ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6195 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6196 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6197 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6198 6199 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6200 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6201 6202 void *InsertPos = 0; 6203 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6204 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6205 6206 if (QTN) 6207 return TemplateName(QTN); 6208 6209 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6210 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6211 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6212 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6213 } else { 6214 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6215 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6216 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6217 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6218 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6219 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6220 (void)CheckQTN; 6221 } 6222 6223 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6224 return TemplateName(QTN); 6225} 6226 6227/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6228/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6229TemplateName 6230ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6231 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6232 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6233 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6234 6235 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6236 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6237 6238 void *InsertPos = 0; 6239 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6240 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6241 6242 if (QTN) 6243 return TemplateName(QTN); 6244 6245 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6246 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6247 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6248 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6249 } else { 6250 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6251 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6252 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6253 6254 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6255 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6256 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6257 (void)CheckQTN; 6258 } 6259 6260 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6261 return TemplateName(QTN); 6262} 6263 6264TemplateName 6265ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6266 TemplateName replacement) const { 6267 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6268 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6269 6270 void *insertPos = 0; 6271 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6272 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6273 6274 if (!subst) { 6275 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6276 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6277 } 6278 6279 return TemplateName(subst); 6280} 6281 6282TemplateName 6283ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6284 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6285 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6286 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6287 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6288 6289 void *InsertPos = 0; 6290 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6291 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6292 6293 if (!Subst) { 6294 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6295 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6296 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6297 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6298 } 6299 6300 return TemplateName(Subst); 6301} 6302 6303/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6304/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6305/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6306CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6307 switch (Type) { 6308 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6309 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6310 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6311 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6312 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6313 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6314 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6315 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6316 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6317 } 6318 6319 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6320} 6321 6322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6323// Type Predicates. 6324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6325 6326/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6327/// garbage collection attribute. 6328/// 6329Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6330 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6331 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6332 6333 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6334 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6335 6336 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6337 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6338 // as __strong. 6339 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6340 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6341 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6342 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6343 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6344 } else { 6345 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6346 // pointer. 6347#ifndef NDEBUG 6348 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6349 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6350 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6351 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6352#endif 6353 } 6354 return GCAttrs; 6355} 6356 6357//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6358// Type Compatibility Testing 6359//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6360 6361/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6362/// compatible. 6363static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6364 const VectorType *RHS) { 6365 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6366 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6367 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6368} 6369 6370bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6371 QualType SecondVec) { 6372 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6373 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6374 6375 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6376 return true; 6377 6378 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6379 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6380 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6381 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6382 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6383 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6384 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6385 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6386 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6387 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6388 return true; 6389 6390 return false; 6391} 6392 6393//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6394// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6395//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6396 6397/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6398/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6399bool 6400ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6401 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6402 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6403 return true; 6404 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6405 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6406 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6407 return true; 6408 return false; 6409} 6410 6411/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6412/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6413/// otherwise. 6414bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6415 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6416 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6417 return false; 6418} 6419 6420/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6421/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6422bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6423 QualType rhs) { 6424 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6425 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6426 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6427 6428 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6429 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6430 bool match = false; 6431 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6432 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6433 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6434 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6435 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6436 match = true; 6437 break; 6438 } 6439 } 6440 if (!match) 6441 return false; 6442 } 6443 return true; 6444} 6445 6446/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6447/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6448bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6449 bool compare) { 6450 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6451 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6452 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6453 return true; 6454 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6455 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6456 return true; 6457 6458 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6459 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6460 6461 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6462 6463 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6464 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6465 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6466 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6467 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6468 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6469 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6470 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6471 // through its super class and categories. 6472 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6473 return false; 6474 } 6475 } 6476 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6477 return true; 6478 } 6479 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6480 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6481 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6482 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6483 bool match = false; 6484 6485 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6486 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6487 // through its super class and categories. 6488 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6489 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6490 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6491 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6492 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6493 match = true; 6494 break; 6495 } 6496 } 6497 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6498 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6499 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6500 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6501 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6502 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6503 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6504 // through its super class and categories. 6505 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6506 match = true; 6507 break; 6508 } 6509 } 6510 } 6511 if (!match) 6512 return false; 6513 } 6514 6515 return true; 6516 } 6517 6518 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6519 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6520 6521 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6522 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6523 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6524 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6525 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6526 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6527 bool match = false; 6528 6529 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6530 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6531 // through its super class and categories. 6532 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6533 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6534 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6535 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6536 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6537 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6538 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6539 match = true; 6540 break; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 if (!match) 6544 return false; 6545 } 6546 6547 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6548 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6549 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6550 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6551 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6552 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6553 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6554 // assume that it is mismatch. 6555 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6556 return false; 6557 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6558 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6559 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6560 bool match = false; 6561 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6562 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6563 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6564 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6565 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6566 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6567 match = true; 6568 break; 6569 } 6570 } 6571 if (!match) 6572 return false; 6573 } 6574 } 6575 return true; 6576 } 6577 return false; 6578} 6579 6580/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6581/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6582/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6583/// 6584bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6585 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6586 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6587 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6588 6589 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6590 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6591 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6592 return true; 6593 6594 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6595 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6596 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6597 false); 6598 6599 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6600 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6601 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6602 6603 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6604 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6605 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6606 6607 return false; 6608} 6609 6610/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6611/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6612/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6613/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6614/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6615bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6616 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6617 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6618 bool BlockReturnType) { 6619 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6620 return true; 6621 6622 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6623 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6624 } 6625 6626 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6627 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6628 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6629 false); 6630 6631 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6632 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6633 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6634 if (LHS != RHS) { 6635 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6636 return BlockReturnType; 6637 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6638 return !BlockReturnType; 6639 } 6640 else 6641 return true; 6642 } 6643 return false; 6644} 6645 6646/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6647/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6648/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6649/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6650static 6651void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6652 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6653 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6654 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6655 6656 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6657 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6658 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6659 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6660 6661 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6662 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6663 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6664 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6665 else { 6666 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6667 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6668 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6669 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6670 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6671 } 6672 6673 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6674 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6675 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6676 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6677 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6678 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6679 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6680 } else { 6681 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6682 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6683 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6684 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6685 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6686 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6687 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6688 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6689 } 6690} 6691 6692/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6693/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6694/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6695/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6696QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6697 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6698 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6699 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6700 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6701 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6702 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6703 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6704 return QualType(); 6705 6706 do { 6707 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6708 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6709 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6710 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6711 6712 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6713 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6714 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6715 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6716 return Result; 6717 } 6718 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6719 6720 return QualType(); 6721} 6722 6723bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6724 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6725 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6726 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6727 6728 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6729 // the LHS. 6730 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6731 return false; 6732 6733 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6734 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6735 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6736 return true; 6737 6738 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6739 // more detailed analysis is required. 6740 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6741 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6742 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6743 // false otherwise. 6744 bool IsSuperClass = 6745 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6746 if (IsSuperClass) { 6747 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6748 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6749 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6750 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6751 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6752 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6753 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6754 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6755 return false; 6756 6757 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6758 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6759 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6760 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6761 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6762 6763 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6764 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6765 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6766 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6767 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6768 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6769 break; 6770 } 6771 } 6772 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6773 return false; 6774 } 6775 return true; 6776 } 6777 return false; 6778 } 6779 6780 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6781 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6782 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6783 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6784 6785 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6786 // are incompatible. 6787 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6788 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6789 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6790 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6791 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6792 break; 6793 } 6794 } 6795 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6796 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6797 return false; 6798 } 6799 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6800 return true; 6801} 6802 6803bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6804 // get the "pointed to" types 6805 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6806 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6807 6808 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6809 return false; 6810 6811 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6812 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6813} 6814 6815bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6816 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6817 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6818 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6819} 6820 6821/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6822/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6823/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6824/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6825bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6826 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6827 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6828 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6829 6830 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6831} 6832 6833bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6834 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6835} 6836 6837bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6838 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6839} 6840 6841/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6842/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6843/// QualType() 6844QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6845 bool OfBlockPointer, 6846 bool Unqualified) { 6847 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6848 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6849 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6850 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6851 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6852 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6853 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6854 if (!MT.isNull()) 6855 return MT; 6856 } 6857 } 6858 } 6859 6860 return QualType(); 6861} 6862 6863/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6864/// argument types 6865QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6866 bool OfBlockPointer, 6867 bool Unqualified) { 6868 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6869 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6870 // type is compatible with a union member 6871 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6872 Unqualified); 6873 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6874 return lmerge; 6875 6876 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6877 Unqualified); 6878 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6879 return rmerge; 6880 6881 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6882} 6883 6884QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6885 bool OfBlockPointer, 6886 bool Unqualified) { 6887 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6888 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6889 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6890 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6891 bool allLTypes = true; 6892 bool allRTypes = true; 6893 6894 // Check return type 6895 QualType retType; 6896 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6897 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6898 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6899 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6900 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6901 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6902 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6903 } 6904 else 6905 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6906 Unqualified); 6907 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6908 6909 if (Unqualified) 6910 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6911 6912 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6913 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6914 if (Unqualified) { 6915 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6916 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6917 } 6918 6919 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6920 allLTypes = false; 6921 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6922 allRTypes = false; 6923 6924 // FIXME: double check this 6925 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6926 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6927 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6928 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6929 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6930 6931 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6932 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6933 return QualType(); 6934 6935 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6936 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6937 return QualType(); 6938 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6939 return QualType(); 6940 6941 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6942 return QualType(); 6943 6944 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6945 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6946 6947 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6948 allLTypes = false; 6949 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6950 allRTypes = false; 6951 6952 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6953 6954 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6955 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6956 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6957 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6958 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6959 6960 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6961 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6962 return QualType(); 6963 6964 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6965 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6966 return QualType(); 6967 6968 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6969 return QualType(); 6970 6971 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6972 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6973 return QualType(); 6974 6975 // Check argument compatibility 6976 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6977 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6978 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6979 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6980 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6981 OfBlockPointer, 6982 Unqualified); 6983 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6984 6985 if (Unqualified) 6986 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6987 6988 types.push_back(argtype); 6989 if (Unqualified) { 6990 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6991 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6992 } 6993 6994 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6995 allLTypes = false; 6996 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6997 allRTypes = false; 6998 } 6999 7000 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7001 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7002 7003 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7004 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7005 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7006 } 7007 7008 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7009 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7010 7011 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7012 if (proto) { 7013 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7014 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7015 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7016 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7017 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7018 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7019 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7020 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7021 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7022 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7023 7024 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7025 // to pass enum values. 7026 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7027 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7028 if (argTy.isNull()) 7029 return QualType(); 7030 } 7031 7032 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7033 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7034 return QualType(); 7035 } 7036 7037 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7038 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7039 7040 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7041 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7042 return getFunctionType(retType, 7043 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 7044 proto->getNumArgs()), 7045 EPI); 7046 } 7047 7048 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7049 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7050 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7051} 7052 7053/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7054static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7055 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7056 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7057 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7058 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7059 // type. 7060 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7061 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7062 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7063 return other; 7064 7065 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7066 // integral type of the same size. 7067 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7068 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7069 return other; 7070 7071 return QualType(); 7072} 7073 7074QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7075 bool OfBlockPointer, 7076 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7077 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7078 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7079 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7080 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7081 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7082 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7083 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7084 7085 if (Unqualified) { 7086 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7087 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7088 } 7089 7090 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7091 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7092 7093 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7094 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7095 return LHS; 7096 7097 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7098 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7099 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7100 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7101 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7102 // mismatch. 7103 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7104 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7105 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7106 return QualType(); 7107 7108 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7109 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7110 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7111 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7112 // qualified __strong. 7113 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7114 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7115 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7116 7117 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7118 return QualType(); 7119 7120 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7121 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7122 } 7123 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7124 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7125 } 7126 return QualType(); 7127 } 7128 7129 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7130 7131 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7132 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7133 7134 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7135 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7136 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7137 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7138 7139 // Same as above for arrays 7140 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7141 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7142 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7143 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7144 7145 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7146 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7147 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7148 7149 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7150 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7151 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7152 7153 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7154 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7155 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7156 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7157 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7158 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7159 } 7160 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7161 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7162 } 7163 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7164 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7165 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7166 return LHS; 7167 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7168 return RHS; 7169 } 7170 7171 return QualType(); 7172 } 7173 7174 // The canonical type classes match. 7175 switch (LHSClass) { 7176#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7177#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7178#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7179#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7180#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7181#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7182 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7183 7184 case Type::Auto: 7185 case Type::LValueReference: 7186 case Type::RValueReference: 7187 case Type::MemberPointer: 7188 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7189 7190 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7191 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7192 case Type::VariableArray: 7193 case Type::FunctionProto: 7194 case Type::ExtVector: 7195 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7196 7197 case Type::Pointer: 7198 { 7199 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7200 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7201 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7202 if (Unqualified) { 7203 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7204 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7205 } 7206 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7207 Unqualified); 7208 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7209 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7210 return LHS; 7211 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7212 return RHS; 7213 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7214 } 7215 case Type::BlockPointer: 7216 { 7217 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7218 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7219 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7220 if (Unqualified) { 7221 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7222 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7223 } 7224 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7225 Unqualified); 7226 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7227 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7228 return LHS; 7229 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7230 return RHS; 7231 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7232 } 7233 case Type::Atomic: 7234 { 7235 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7236 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7237 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7238 if (Unqualified) { 7239 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7240 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7241 } 7242 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7243 Unqualified); 7244 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7245 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7246 return LHS; 7247 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7248 return RHS; 7249 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7250 } 7251 case Type::ConstantArray: 7252 { 7253 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7254 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7255 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7256 return QualType(); 7257 7258 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7259 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7260 if (Unqualified) { 7261 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7262 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7263 } 7264 7265 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7266 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7267 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7268 return LHS; 7269 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7270 return RHS; 7271 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7272 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7273 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7274 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7275 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7276 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7277 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7278 return LHS; 7279 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7280 return RHS; 7281 if (LVAT) { 7282 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7283 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7284 // has to be different. 7285 return LHS; 7286 } 7287 if (RVAT) { 7288 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7289 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7290 // has to be different. 7291 return RHS; 7292 } 7293 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7294 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7295 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7296 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7297 } 7298 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7299 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7300 case Type::Record: 7301 case Type::Enum: 7302 return QualType(); 7303 case Type::Builtin: 7304 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7305 return QualType(); 7306 case Type::Complex: 7307 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7308 return QualType(); 7309 case Type::Vector: 7310 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7311 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7312 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7313 return LHS; 7314 return QualType(); 7315 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7316 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7317 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7318 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7319 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7320 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7321 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7322 return LHS; 7323 7324 return QualType(); 7325 } 7326 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7327 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7328 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7329 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7330 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7331 BlockReturnType)) 7332 return LHS; 7333 return QualType(); 7334 } 7335 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7336 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7337 return LHS; 7338 7339 return QualType(); 7340 } 7341 } 7342 7343 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7344} 7345 7346bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7347 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7348 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7349 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7350 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7351 return false; 7352 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7353 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7354 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7355 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7356 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7357 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7358 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7359 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7360 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7361 return false; 7362 } 7363 return true; 7364} 7365 7366/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7367/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7368/// return types. 7369QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7370 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7371 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7372 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7373 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7374 return LHS; 7375 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7376 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7377 return QualType(); 7378 QualType OldReturnType = 7379 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7380 QualType NewReturnType = 7381 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7382 QualType ResReturnType = 7383 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7384 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7385 return QualType(); 7386 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7387 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7388 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7389 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7390 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7391 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7392 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7393 QualType ResultType 7394 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7395 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7396 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7397 EPI); 7398 return ResultType; 7399 } 7400 } 7401 return QualType(); 7402 } 7403 7404 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7405 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7406 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7407 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7408 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7409 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7410 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7411 return QualType(); 7412 7413 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7414 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7415 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7416 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7417 // qualified __strong. 7418 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7419 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7420 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7421 7422 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7423 return QualType(); 7424 7425 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7426 return LHS; 7427 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7428 return RHS; 7429 return QualType(); 7430 } 7431 7432 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7433 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7434 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7435 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7436 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7437 return LHS; 7438 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7439 return RHS; 7440 } 7441 return QualType(); 7442} 7443 7444//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7445// Integer Predicates 7446//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7447 7448unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7449 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7450 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7451 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7452 return 1; 7453 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7454 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7455} 7456 7457QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7458 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7459 7460 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7461 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7462 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7463 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7464 7465 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7466 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7467 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7468 7469 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7470 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7471 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7472 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7473 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7474 return UnsignedCharTy; 7475 case BuiltinType::Short: 7476 return UnsignedShortTy; 7477 case BuiltinType::Int: 7478 return UnsignedIntTy; 7479 case BuiltinType::Long: 7480 return UnsignedLongTy; 7481 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7482 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7483 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7484 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7485 default: 7486 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7487 } 7488} 7489 7490ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7491 7492void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7493 QualType ReturnType) {} 7494 7495//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7496// Builtin Type Computation 7497//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7498 7499/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7500/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7501/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7502/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7503/// a vector of "i*". 7504/// 7505/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7506/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7507static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7508 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7509 bool &RequiresICE, 7510 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7511 // Modifiers. 7512 int HowLong = 0; 7513 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7514 RequiresICE = false; 7515 7516 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7517 bool Done = false; 7518 while (!Done) { 7519 switch (*Str++) { 7520 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7521 case 'I': 7522 RequiresICE = true; 7523 break; 7524 case 'S': 7525 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7526 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7527 Signed = true; 7528 break; 7529 case 'U': 7530 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7531 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7532 Unsigned = true; 7533 break; 7534 case 'L': 7535 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7536 ++HowLong; 7537 break; 7538 } 7539 } 7540 7541 QualType Type; 7542 7543 // Read the base type. 7544 switch (*Str++) { 7545 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7546 case 'v': 7547 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7548 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7549 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7550 break; 7551 case 'f': 7552 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7553 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7554 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7555 break; 7556 case 'd': 7557 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7558 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7559 if (HowLong) 7560 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7561 else 7562 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7563 break; 7564 case 's': 7565 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7566 if (Unsigned) 7567 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7568 else 7569 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7570 break; 7571 case 'i': 7572 if (HowLong == 3) 7573 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7574 else if (HowLong == 2) 7575 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7576 else if (HowLong == 1) 7577 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7578 else 7579 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7580 break; 7581 case 'c': 7582 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7583 if (Signed) 7584 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7585 else if (Unsigned) 7586 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7587 else 7588 Type = Context.CharTy; 7589 break; 7590 case 'b': // boolean 7591 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7592 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7593 break; 7594 case 'z': // size_t. 7595 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7596 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7597 break; 7598 case 'F': 7599 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7600 break; 7601 case 'G': 7602 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7603 break; 7604 case 'H': 7605 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7606 break; 7607 case 'M': 7608 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7609 break; 7610 case 'a': 7611 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7612 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7613 break; 7614 case 'A': 7615 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7616 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7617 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7618 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7619 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7620 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7621 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7622 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7623 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7624 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7625 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7626 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7627 else 7628 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7629 break; 7630 case 'V': { 7631 char *End; 7632 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7633 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7634 Str = End; 7635 7636 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7637 RequiresICE, false); 7638 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7639 7640 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7641 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7642 VectorType::GenericVector); 7643 break; 7644 } 7645 case 'E': { 7646 char *End; 7647 7648 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7649 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7650 7651 Str = End; 7652 7653 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7654 false); 7655 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7656 break; 7657 } 7658 case 'X': { 7659 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7660 false); 7661 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7662 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7663 break; 7664 } 7665 case 'Y' : { 7666 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7667 break; 7668 } 7669 case 'P': 7670 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7671 if (Type.isNull()) { 7672 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7673 return QualType(); 7674 } 7675 break; 7676 case 'J': 7677 if (Signed) 7678 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7679 else 7680 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7681 7682 if (Type.isNull()) { 7683 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7684 return QualType(); 7685 } 7686 break; 7687 case 'K': 7688 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7689 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7690 7691 if (Type.isNull()) { 7692 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7693 return QualType(); 7694 } 7695 break; 7696 case 'p': 7697 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7698 break; 7699 } 7700 7701 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7702 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7703 while (!Done) { 7704 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7705 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7706 case '*': 7707 case '&': { 7708 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7709 // qualified with an address space. 7710 char *End; 7711 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7712 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7713 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7714 Str = End; 7715 } 7716 if (c == '*') 7717 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7718 else 7719 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7720 break; 7721 } 7722 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7723 case 'C': 7724 Type = Type.withConst(); 7725 break; 7726 case 'D': 7727 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7728 break; 7729 case 'R': 7730 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7731 break; 7732 } 7733 } 7734 7735 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7736 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7737 7738 return Type; 7739} 7740 7741/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7742QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7743 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7744 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7745 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7746 7747 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7748 7749 bool RequiresICE = false; 7750 Error = GE_None; 7751 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7752 RequiresICE, true); 7753 if (Error != GE_None) 7754 return QualType(); 7755 7756 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7757 7758 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7759 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7760 if (Error != GE_None) 7761 return QualType(); 7762 7763 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7764 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7765 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7766 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7767 7768 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7769 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7770 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7771 7772 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7773 } 7774 7775 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7776 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7777 7778 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7779 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7780 7781 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7782 7783 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7784 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7785 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7786 7787 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7788 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7789 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7790 7791 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7792} 7793 7794GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7795 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7796 return GVA_Internal; 7797 7798 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7799 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7800 case TSK_Undeclared: 7801 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7802 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7803 break; 7804 7805 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7806 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7807 7808 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7809 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7810 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7811 break; 7812 } 7813 7814 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7815 return External; 7816 7817 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7818 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7819 // externally visible. 7820 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7821 return External; 7822 7823 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7824 return GVA_C99Inline; 7825 } 7826 7827 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7828 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7829 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7830 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7831 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7832 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7833 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7834 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7835 return GVA_C99Inline; 7836 7837 return GVA_CXXInline; 7838} 7839 7840GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7841 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7842 return GVA_Internal; 7843 7844 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7845 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7846 // template. 7847 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7848 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7849 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7850 7851 switch (TSK) { 7852 case TSK_Undeclared: 7853 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7854 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7855 7856 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7857 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7858 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7859 7860 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7861 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7862 7863 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7864 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7865 } 7866 7867 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7868} 7869 7870bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7871 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7872 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7873 return false; 7874 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7875 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7876 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7877 return false; 7878 } else 7879 return false; 7880 7881 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7882 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7883 return false; 7884 7885 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7886 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7887 return false; 7888 7889 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7890 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7891 return true; 7892 7893 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7894 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7895 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7896 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7897 7898 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7899 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7900 return true; 7901 7902 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7903 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7904 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7905 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7906 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7907 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7908 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7909 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7910 return true; 7911 } 7912 } 7913 } 7914 7915 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7916 7917 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7918 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7919 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7920 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7921 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7922 return false; 7923 return true; 7924 } 7925 7926 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7927 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7928 7929 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7930 return false; 7931 7932 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7933 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7934 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7935 return true; 7936 7937 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7938 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7939 return true; 7940 7941 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7942 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7943 return true; 7944 7945 return false; 7946} 7947 7948CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7949 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7950 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7951} 7952 7953CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7954 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7955 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7956 return CC_Default; 7957 return CC; 7958} 7959 7960bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7961 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7962 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7963} 7964 7965MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7966 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7967 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7968 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7969 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7970 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7971 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7972 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7973 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7974 } 7975 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7976} 7977 7978CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7979 7980size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7981 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7982 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7983 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7984 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7985 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7986 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7987 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7988 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7989 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7990 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7991 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7992 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7993 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7994 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7995} 7996 7997void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7998 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7999 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 8000 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) 8001 return; 8002 8003 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 8004 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 8005 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 8006} 8007 8008int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 8009 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8010 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 8011 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 8012} 8013 8014unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 8015 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 8016 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 8017 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 8018} 8019 8020 8021void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8022 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8023} 8024 8025unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8026 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8027 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8028 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8029 return I->second; 8030} 8031 8032bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const { 8033 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 8034 if (!T.isOSDarwin()) 8035 return false; 8036 8037 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 8038 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy); 8039 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity(); 8040 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy); 8041 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity(); 8042 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth(); 8043 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits); 8044} 8045